blob: f4a1a5fd04cec8d4a74e8304d46bca64d8ef82bb [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000018#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000019#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000020#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000021#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000023#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000025#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000026
27#include <algorithm> // std::sort
28
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000029using namespace clang;
30using namespace CodeGen;
31
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000032static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
33 llvm::Value *Array,
34 llvm::Value *Value,
35 unsigned FirstIndex,
36 unsigned LastIndex) {
37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
41 }
42}
43
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000044static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000045 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
47}
48
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000049ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
50
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000051static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000052 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
54 if (!RD)
55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000056 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000057}
58
59static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000060 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000061 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
62 if (!RT)
63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000064 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
65}
66
67CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
68 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000069}
70
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000071ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
72 return CGT.getContext();
73}
74
75llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
76 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
77}
78
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000079const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
80 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000081}
82
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000083const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
84 return CGT.getTarget();
85}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000087void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000088 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000089 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000090 switch (TheKind) {
91 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000092 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000093 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000094 Ty->print(OS);
95 else
96 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000097 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000098 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000099 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000100 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000101 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000102 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000103 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000104 case InAlloca:
105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
106 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000107 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000111 break;
112 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000113 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000114 break;
115 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000116 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000117}
118
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000119TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
120
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000121// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
122// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
123unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
124 // Verified for:
125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000129 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000130 return 32;
131}
132
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000133bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
136 // x86_stdcall
137 // MIPS
138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
139 return false;
140}
141
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000142void
143TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
147 // dynamic.
148 Opt = "-l";
149 Opt += Lib;
150}
151
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000152static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000154/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000155/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000156static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
157 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
159 return true;
160
161 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000162
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000165 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
167 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
168 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000169 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000170 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000171
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
173 if (!RT)
174 return false;
175
176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
177 //
178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
179 // current ABI.
180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
181 return false;
182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000184}
185
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000186/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000187/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
188/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000189static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000191 if (!RT)
192 return 0;
193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
195 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000196
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000201 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000202
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000205 return false;
206 return true;
207}
208
209/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
210/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
211/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
212/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
213/// considered single element structs.
214///
215/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
216/// it exists.
217static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
219 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000220 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000221
222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000224 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000226 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000227
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000231 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000233 continue;
234
235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
236 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000237 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000238
239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
240 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000242 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000244 }
245 }
246
247 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249 QualType FT = FD->getType();
250
251 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253 continue;
254
255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
256 // struct.
257 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000258 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000259
260 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
263 break;
264 FT = AT->getElementType();
265 }
266
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000268 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
269 } else {
270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
271 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000272 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000273 }
274 }
275
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
277 // padding beyond the element type.
278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000279 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000280
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 return Found;
282}
283
284static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000285 // Treat complex types as the element type.
286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
287 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
288
289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000294 return false;
295
296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
298}
299
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000300/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
301/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
302/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
303/// inhibiting optimizations.
304///
305// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
306// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
307// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
308// capable of handling it.
309static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
310 // We can only expand structure types.
311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
312 if (!RT)
313 return false;
314
315 // We can only expand (C) structures.
316 //
317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
320 return false;
321
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000322 uint64_t Size = 0;
323
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
326 return false;
327
328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
331 if (FD->isBitField())
332 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000333
334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000335 }
336
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
339 return false;
340
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000341 return true;
342}
343
344namespace {
345/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
346/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
347/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
348/// conform to any particular ABI.
349class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000350public:
351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000352
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000355
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000361 }
362
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000365};
366
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000367class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
368public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000371};
372
373llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000375 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000378ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000381
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000385
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000388}
389
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000390ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
391 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
393
394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
396
397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
400
401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
403}
404
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
406// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000407//
408// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
409// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
411
412class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
413 public:
414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
415
416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000422};
423
424class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
425 public:
426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
428};
429
430void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
433
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
436}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000437
438llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000440 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441}
442
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000443/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
444ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000456
457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000459}
460
461ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
462 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
464
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
468
469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
472
473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
475}
476
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000477/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
478bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
483}
484
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000485static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000487 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
490 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000491 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000492 }
493
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000495 }
496
497 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000498 return Ty;
499}
500
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502// X86-32 ABI Implementation
503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000504
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000505/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
506struct CCState {
507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
508
509 unsigned CC;
510 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000511 unsigned StackOffset;
512 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000513};
514
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000515/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
516class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000517 enum Class {
518 Integer,
519 Float
520 };
521
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
523
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000526 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000528
529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
531 }
532
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000534
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
538
539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000540
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000543
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000548
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
550 /// inalloca.
551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
552
553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
555 QualType Type) const;
556
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000557public:
558
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000562
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000564 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000567};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000569class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
570public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000574
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
577
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000584 return 4;
585 }
586
587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000588 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000589
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000591 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
594 }
595
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000596 llvm::Constant *
597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
600 ('F' << 16) |
601 ('T' << 24);
602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
603 }
604
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000605};
606
607}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
609/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
610/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000611bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
612 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
614
615 // Type must be register sized.
616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
617 return false;
618
619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
621 // registers.
622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
623 return false;
624
625 return true;
626 }
627
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
629 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000633 return true;
634
635 // Arrays are treated like records.
636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000638
639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641 if (!RT) return false;
642
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
644
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
646 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000648 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000650 continue;
651
652 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000654 return false;
655 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000656 return true;
657}
658
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000659ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
661 // integer register.
662 if (State.FreeRegs) {
663 --State.FreeRegs;
664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
665 }
666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
667}
668
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000669ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000670 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000672
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000677
678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
680 // backend will like.
681 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000684
685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000690 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000691
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000693 }
694
695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000696 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000697
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000704
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000708
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
710 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000713
714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
718 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
723
724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
725 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000727 }
728
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000730 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000731
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738}
739
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000740static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
742}
743
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000744static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
746 if (!RT)
747 return 0;
748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
749
750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000754 return false;
755
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000757 QualType FT = i->getType();
758
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000760 return true;
761
762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
763 return true;
764 }
765
766 return false;
767}
768
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000769unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
770 unsigned Align) const {
771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000774 return 0; // Use default alignment.
775
776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000780 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000781
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000785 return 16;
786
787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000788}
789
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000790ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000791 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000792 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793 if (State.FreeRegs) {
794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
796 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000798 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000799
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000800 // Compute the byval alignment.
801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
803 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000805
806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
807 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000810}
811
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000812X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
814 if (!T)
815 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
816
817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
820 return Float;
821 }
822 return Integer;
823}
824
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000825bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
826 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000827 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000828 Class C = classify(Ty);
829 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000830 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000834
835 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
836 return false;
837
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
839 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000840 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000842
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000844
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000846 if (Size > 32)
847 return false;
848
849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
850 return true;
851
852 if (Ty->isPointerType())
853 return true;
854
855 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
856 return true;
857
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000858 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000859 NeedsPadding = true;
860
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000861 return false;
862 }
863
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000864 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000865}
866
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000867ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
868 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000872 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
879 }
880
881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000882 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000884
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000888 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000889
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000890 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
893
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
896 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
902 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000904
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
908 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000913
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000915 }
916
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
925 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000926 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000927
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000930
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
932 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000933
934
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000937
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000938 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940
941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
942 if (InReg)
943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
945 }
946 if (InReg)
947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000949}
950
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000951void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
954 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000957 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000959
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000962 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
963 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
964 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
965 if (State.FreeRegs) {
966 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
967 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
968 }
969 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000970
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000971 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000972 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
973 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
974 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000975 }
976
977 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
978 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
979 if (UsedInAlloca)
980 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
981}
982
983void
984X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
985 unsigned &StackOffset,
986 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000987 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
988 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
989 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
990 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
991
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000992 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
993 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000994 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000995 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000996 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000997 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
998 assert(NumBytes);
999 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1000 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1001 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1002 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001003}
1004
1005void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1006 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1007
1008 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1009 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1010
1011 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1012
1013 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1014 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1015 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1016 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1017 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001018 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1019 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001020 }
1021
1022 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1023 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1024 if (FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall)
1025 ++I;
1026
1027 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1028 for (; I != E; ++I) {
1029
1030 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1031 switch (I->info.getKind()) {
1032 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1033 assert(I->info.getIndirectByVal());
1034 break;
1035 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1036 continue;
1037 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1038 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1039 if (I->info.getInReg())
1040 continue;
1041 break;
1042 default:
1043 break;
1044 }
1045
1046 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1047 }
1048
1049 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1050 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001051}
1052
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001053llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1054 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001055 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001056
1057 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1058 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1059 "ap");
1060 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001061
1062 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1063 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1064 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1065 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1066 if (Align > 4) {
1067 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1068 llvm::Value *Offset =
1069 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1070 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1071 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1072 CGF.Int32Ty);
1073 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1074 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1075 Addr->getType(),
1076 "ap.cur.aligned");
1077 }
1078
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001079 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001080 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001081 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1082
1083 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001084 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001085 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001086 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001087 "ap.next");
1088 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1089
1090 return AddrTyped;
1091}
1092
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001093bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1094 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1095 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1096
1097 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1098 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1099 break;
1100 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1101 return false;
1102 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1103 return true;
1104 }
1105
1106 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1107 return true;
1108
1109 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1110 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
1111 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1112 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1113 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1114 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1115 return true;
1116 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1117 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1118 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1119 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1120 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1121 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1122 return true;
1123 default:
1124 return false;
1125 }
1126 default:
1127 return false;
1128 }
1129}
1130
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001131void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1132 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1133 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1134 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1135 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1136 // Get the LLVM function.
1137 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1138
1139 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001140 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001141 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001142 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1143 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1144 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1145 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001146 }
1147 }
1148}
1149
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001150bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1151 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1152 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1153 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001154
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001155 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001156
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001157 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1158 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1159 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001160 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001161
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001162 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001163 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1164 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1165 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001166 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001167 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001168
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001169 } else {
1170 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1171 // reason.
1172 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1173
1174 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1175 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1176 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001177 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001178 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1179 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001180
1181 return false;
1182}
1183
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001184//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1185// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1186//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1187
1188
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001189namespace {
1190/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1191class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1192 enum Class {
1193 Integer = 0,
1194 SSE,
1195 SSEUp,
1196 X87,
1197 X87Up,
1198 ComplexX87,
1199 NoClass,
1200 Memory
1201 };
1202
1203 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1204 ///
1205 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1206 /// classification \arg Field.
1207 ///
1208 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1209 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1210 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1211 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001212 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001213
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001214 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1215 ///
1216 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1217 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1218 ///
1219 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1220 /// the classification process.
1221 ///
1222 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1223 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1224 ///
1225 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1226 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1227 ///
1228 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1229
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001230 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1231 /// given type T should be passed.
1232 ///
1233 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1234 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1235 ///
1236 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1237 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1238 ///
1239 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1240 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1241 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1242 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001243 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1244 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1245 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001246 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1247 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1248 /// will be Memory.
1249 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001250 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001251 ///
1252 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1253 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001254 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1255 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001256
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001257 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001258 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1259 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1260 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1261 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1262 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1263 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001264
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001265 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001266 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001267 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001268
1269 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001270 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001271 ///
1272 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1273 /// available.
1274 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001275
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001276 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001277
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001278 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001279 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001280 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001281 unsigned &neededSSE,
1282 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001283
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001284 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1285
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001286 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1287 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1288 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1289 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1290 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1291 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001292 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001293 }
1294
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001295 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001296 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1297 // 64-bit hardware.
1298 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001299
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001300public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001301 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001302 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001303 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001304 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001305
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001306 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1307 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001308 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001309 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1310 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001311 if (info.isDirect()) {
1312 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1313 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1314 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1315 }
1316 return false;
1317 }
1318
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001319 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001320
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001321 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1322 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001323};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001324
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001325/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001326class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1327
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001328 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001329
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001330public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001331 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1332
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001333 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001334
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001335 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1336 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001337};
1338
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001339class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1340public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001341 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001342 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001343
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001344 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1345 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1346 }
1347
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001348 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001349 return 7;
1350 }
1351
1352 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001353 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001354 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001355
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001356 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1357 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001358 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001359 return false;
1360 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001361
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001362 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001363 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001364 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001365 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1366 }
1367
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001368 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001369 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001370 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1371 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001372 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001373 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1374 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1375 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001376 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001377 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001378 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1379 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1380 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1381 HasAVXType = true;
1382 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001383 }
1384 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001385
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001386 if (!HasAVXType)
1387 return true;
1388 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001389
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001390 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001391 }
1392
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001393 llvm::Constant *
1394 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001395 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1396 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1397 ('F' << 16) |
1398 ('T' << 24);
1399 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1400 }
1401
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001402};
1403
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001404static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1405 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1406 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1407 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001408 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001409 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001410 return ArgStr;
1411}
1412
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001413class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1414public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001415 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1416 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1417 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001418
1419 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001420 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001421 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001422 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001423 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001424
1425 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1426 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001427 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001428 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001429 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001430};
1431
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001432class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1433public:
1434 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1435 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
1436
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001437 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001438 return 7;
1439 }
1440
1441 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001442 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001443 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001444
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001445 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1446 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001447 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001448 return false;
1449 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001450
1451 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001452 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001453 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001454 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001455 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001456
1457 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1458 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001459 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001460 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001461 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001462};
1463
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001464}
1465
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001466void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1467 Class &Hi) const {
1468 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1469 //
1470 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1471 // memory.
1472 //
1473 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1474 // memory.
1475 //
1476 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1477 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1478 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1479 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1480 //
1481 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1482 //
1483 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1484 // only with unions; for example:
1485 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1486 //
1487 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1488 //
1489 if (Hi == Memory)
1490 Lo = Memory;
1491 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1492 Lo = Memory;
1493 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1494 Lo = Memory;
1495 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1496 Hi = SSE;
1497}
1498
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001499X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001500 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1501 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1502 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1503 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1504 //
1505 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1506 //
1507 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1508 // the other class.
1509 //
1510 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1511 // class.
1512 //
1513 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1514 // INTEGER.
1515 //
1516 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1517 // MEMORY is used as class.
1518 //
1519 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1520
1521 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1522 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1523 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1524 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1525 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1526 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001527 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001528 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001529 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001530 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001531 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001532 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001533 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1534 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001535 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001536 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001537}
1538
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001539void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001540 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001541 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1542 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1543 // situations.
1544
1545 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1546 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1547 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1548
1549 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1550
1551 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1552 Current = Memory;
1553
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001554 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001555 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1556
1557 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1558 Current = NoClass;
1559 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1560 Lo = Integer;
1561 Hi = Integer;
1562 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1563 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001564 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1565 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001566 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001567 Current = SSE;
1568 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1569 Lo = X87;
1570 Hi = X87Up;
1571 }
1572 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1573 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001574 return;
1575 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001576
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001577 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001578 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001579 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001580 return;
1581 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001582
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001583 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001584 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001585 return;
1586 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001587
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001588 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001589 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001590 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1591 else
1592 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001593 return;
1594 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001595
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001596 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001597 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001598 if (Size == 32) {
1599 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1600 // float> as integer.
1601 Current = Integer;
1602
1603 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1604 // split.
1605 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1606 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1607 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1608 Hi = Lo;
1609 } else if (Size == 64) {
1610 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1611 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1612 return;
1613
1614 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001615 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001616 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1617 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1618 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001619 Current = Integer;
1620 else
1621 Current = SSE;
1622
1623 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1624 // split.
1625 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1626 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001627 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001628 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1629 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1630 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1631 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1632 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1633 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1634 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001635 //
1636 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1637 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1638 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001639 Lo = SSE;
1640 Hi = SSEUp;
1641 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001642 return;
1643 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001644
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001645 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001646 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001647
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001648 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001649 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001650 if (Size <= 64)
1651 Current = Integer;
1652 else if (Size <= 128)
1653 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001654 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001655 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001656 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1657 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001658 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001659 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001660 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001661 Current = ComplexX87;
1662
1663 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1664 // should be split.
1665 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001666 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001667 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1668 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001669
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001670 return;
1671 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001672
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001673 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001674 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1675
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001677
1678 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001679 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1680 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001681 return;
1682
1683 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1684 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1685 //
1686 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001687 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001688 return;
1689
1690 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1691 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1692 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001693 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001694 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001695
1696 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1697 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1698 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1699 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1700 return;
1701
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001702 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1703 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001704 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001705 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1706 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1707 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1708 break;
1709 }
1710
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001711 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001712 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001713 return;
1714 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001715
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001716 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001717 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001718
1719 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001720 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1721 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001722 return;
1723
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001724 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1725 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1726 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001727 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001728 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001729
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001730 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1731
1732 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1733 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1734 return;
1735
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001736 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001737
1738 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1739 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001740
1741 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1742 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001743 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1744 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001745 "Unexpected base class!");
1746 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001747 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001748
1749 // Classify this field.
1750 //
1751 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1752 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1753 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1754 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001755 uint64_t Offset =
1756 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001757 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001758 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1759 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1760 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1761 break;
1762 }
1763 }
1764
1765 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001766 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001767 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001768 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001769 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1770 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1771
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1773 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001774 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001775 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1776 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1777 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1778 //
1779 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1780 Lo = Memory;
1781 return;
1782 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001783 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001784 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001785 Lo = Memory;
1786 return;
1787 }
1788
1789 // Classify this field.
1790 //
1791 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1792 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1793 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1794 // NO_CLASS.
1795 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1796
1797 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1798 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1799 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1800 if (BitField) {
1801 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1802 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1803 continue;
1804
1805 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001806 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001807
1808 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1809 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001810
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001811 if (EB_Lo) {
1812 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1813 FieldLo = NoClass;
1814 FieldHi = Integer;
1815 } else {
1816 FieldLo = Integer;
1817 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1818 }
1819 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001820 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001821 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1822 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1823 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1824 break;
1825 }
1826
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001827 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001828 }
1829}
1830
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001831ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001832 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1833 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001834 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001835 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1836 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1837 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1838
1839 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1840 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1841 }
1842
1843 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1844}
1845
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001846bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1847 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1848 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1849 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1850 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1851 return true;
1852 }
1853
1854 return false;
1855}
1856
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001857ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1858 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001859 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1860 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001861 //
1862 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1863 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1864 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1865 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1866 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001867 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001868 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1869 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1870 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1871
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001872 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1873 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001874 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001875
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001876 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001877 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001878
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001879 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1880 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1881 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001882
1883 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1884 // is important for good codegen.
1885 //
1886 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1887 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1888 //
1889 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1890 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
1891 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
1892 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
1893 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
1894 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
1895 // might be inreg.
1896 //
1897 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
1898 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
1899 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
1900 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
1901 //
1902 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
1903 // attributes. See PR12193.
1904 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
1905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1906
1907 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
1908 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
1909 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
1910 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1911 Size));
1912 }
1913
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001914 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001915}
1916
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001917/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
1918/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001919/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001920llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001921 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001922
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001923 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
1924 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001925 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001926 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
1927 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
1928 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
1929 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001930
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00001931 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001932 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
1933 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001934 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00001935 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001936 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
1937 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
1938 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
1939 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
1940 return VT;
1941 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001942
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001943 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
1944}
1945
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001946/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
1947/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
1948/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
1949/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
1950/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
1951///
1952/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
1953static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
1954 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
1955 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
1956 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
1957 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
1958 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1959 if (TySize <= StartBit)
1960 return true;
1961
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001962 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1963 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1964 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1965
1966 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
1967 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
1968 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
1969 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
1970 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001971
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001972 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
1973 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
1974 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
1975 return false;
1976 }
1977 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
1978 return true;
1979 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001980
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001981 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1982 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1983 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001984
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001985 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001987 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1988 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001989 "Unexpected base class!");
1990 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001991 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001992
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001993 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001994 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001995 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001996
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001997 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001998 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001999 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2000 return false;
2001 }
2002 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002003
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002004 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2005 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2006 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2007 // much.
2008 unsigned idx = 0;
2009 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2010 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2011 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002012
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002013 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2014 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2015
2016 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2017 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2018 Context))
2019 return false;
2020 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002021
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002022 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2023 // clean.
2024 return true;
2025 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002026
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002027 return false;
2028}
2029
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002030/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2031/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2032/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2033/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002034static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002035 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002036 // Base case if we find a float.
2037 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2038 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002039
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002040 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002041 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002042 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2043 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2044 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2045 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2046 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002047
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002048 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002049 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2050 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002051 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2052 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2053 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2054 }
2055
2056 return false;
2057}
2058
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002059
2060/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2061/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002062llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2063GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002064 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002065 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002066 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2067 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2068 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2069 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2070 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002071
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002072 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2073 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2074 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002075 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2076 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002077 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002078
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002079 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2080}
2081
2082
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002083/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2084/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2085/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2086/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002087/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2088/// etc).
2089///
2090/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2091/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2092/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2093///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002094/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002095/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2096///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002097llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2098GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002099 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002100 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2101 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2102 if (IROffset == 0) {
2103 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002104 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2105 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002106 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002107
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002108 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2109 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2110 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2111 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2112 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2113 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2114 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002115 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2116 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2117 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2118 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002119
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002120 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2121 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2122 return IRType;
2123 }
2124 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002125
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002126 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002127 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002128 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002129 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2130 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2131 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002132
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002133 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2134 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002135 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002136 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002137
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002138 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002139 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002140 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002141 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002142 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2143 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002144 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002145
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002146 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2147 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002148 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2149 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002150
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002151 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002152
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002153 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2154 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002155 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2156 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002157}
2158
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002159
2160/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2161/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2162/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2163/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2164/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002165static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002166GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002167 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002168 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2169 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2170 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2171 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2172 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2173 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002174 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002175 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002176
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002177 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2178 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2179 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2180 // struct.
2181 if (HiStart != 8) {
2182 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2183 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2184 // Promote these to a larger type.
2185 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2186 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2187 else {
2188 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2189 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2190 }
2191 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002192
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002193 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002194
2195
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002196 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2197 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2198 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2199 return Result;
2200}
2201
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002202ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002203classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002204 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2205 // classification algorithm.
2206 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002207 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002208
2209 // Check some invariants.
2210 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002211 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2212
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002213 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002214 switch (Lo) {
2215 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002216 if (Hi == NoClass)
2217 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2218 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2219 // null.
2220 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2221 "Unknown missing lo part");
2222 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002223
2224 case SSEUp:
2225 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002226 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002227
2228 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2229 // hidden argument.
2230 case Memory:
2231 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2232
2233 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2234 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2235 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002236 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002237
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002238 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2239 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2240 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2241 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2242 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2243 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002244
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002245 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2246 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2247 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2248 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002249 break;
2250
2251 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2252 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2253 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002254 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002255 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002256
2257 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2258 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2259 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002260 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002261 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002262
2263 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2264 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2265 // %st1.
2266 case ComplexX87:
2267 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002268 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002269 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002270 NULL);
2271 break;
2272 }
2273
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002274 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002275 switch (Hi) {
2276 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2277 // never occur as a hi class.
2278 case Memory:
2279 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002280 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002281
2282 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002283 case NoClass:
2284 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002285
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002286 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002287 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002288 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002290 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002291 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002292 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002293 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2294 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002295 break;
2296
2297 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002298 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2299 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002300 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002301 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002302 case SSEUp:
2303 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002304 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002305 break;
2306
2307 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2308 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2309 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002310 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002311 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002312 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002313 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002314 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002315 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002316 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002318 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002319 break;
2320 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002321
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002322 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002323 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2324 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002325 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002326 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002327
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002328 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002329}
2330
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002331ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002332 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2333 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002334 const
2335{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002336 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002337 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002338
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002339 // Check some invariants.
2340 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2341 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002342 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2343
2344 neededInt = 0;
2345 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002346 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002347 switch (Lo) {
2348 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002349 if (Hi == NoClass)
2350 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2351 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2352 // null.
2353 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2354 "Unknown missing lo part");
2355 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002356
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2358 // on the stack.
2359 case Memory:
2360
2361 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2362 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2363 case X87:
2364 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002365 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002366 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002367 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002368
2369 case SSEUp:
2370 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002371 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002372
2373 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2374 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2375 // and %r9 is used.
2376 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002377 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002378
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002379 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002380 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002381
2382 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2383 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2384 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2385 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2386 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2387 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002388
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002389 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2390 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2391 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2392 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002393
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002394 break;
2395
2396 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2397 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2398 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002399 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002400 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002401 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002402 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002403 break;
2404 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002405 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002406
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002407 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002408 switch (Hi) {
2409 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002410 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002411 // which is passed in memory.
2412 case Memory:
2413 case X87:
2414 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002415 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002416
2417 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002418
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002419 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002420 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002421 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002422 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002423
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002424 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2425 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002426 break;
2427
2428 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2429 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2430 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002431 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002432 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002433
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002434 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2435 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002436
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002437 ++neededSSE;
2438 break;
2439
2440 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2441 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002442 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002443 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002444 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002445 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002446 break;
2447 }
2448
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002449 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2450 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2451 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2452 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002453 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002454
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002456}
2457
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002458void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002459
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002460 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2461 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002462
2463 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002464 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002465
2466 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2467 // integer register.
2468 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2469 --freeIntRegs;
2470
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002471 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic();
2472 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0;
2473 if (isVariadic)
2474 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs();
2475
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002476 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2477 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2478 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2479 it != ie; ++it) {
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002480 bool isNamedArg = true;
2481 if (isVariadic)
Aaron Ballman6a302642013-06-12 15:03:45 +00002482 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) <
2483 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002484
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002485 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002486 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002487 neededSSE, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002488
2489 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2490 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2491 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2492 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002493 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002494 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2495 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2496 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002497 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002498 }
2499 }
2500}
2501
2502static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2503 QualType Ty,
2504 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2505 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2506 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2507 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2508 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2509
2510 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2511 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002512 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2513 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002514 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2515 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002516 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002517 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002518 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002519 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2520 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002521 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002522 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002523 overflow_arg_area =
2524 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2525 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2526 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2527 }
2528
2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002530 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002531 llvm::Value *Res =
2532 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002533 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002534
2535 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2536 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2537 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2538 // an 8 byte boundary.
2539
2540 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002541 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002542 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002543 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2544 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2545 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2546
2547 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2548 return Res;
2549}
2550
2551llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2552 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2553 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2554 // struct {
2555 // i32 gp_offset;
2556 // i32 fp_offset;
2557 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2558 // i8* reg_save_area;
2559 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002560 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002561
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002562 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002563 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2564 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002565
2566 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2567 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2568 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2569 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2570
2571 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2572 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2573 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2574
2575 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2576 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2577 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2578 //
2579 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2580 // register save space).
2581
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002582 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2583 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2584 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002585 if (neededInt) {
2586 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2587 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002588 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2589 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002590 }
2591
2592 if (neededSSE) {
2593 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2594 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2595 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002596 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2597 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002598 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2599 }
2600
2601 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2602 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2603 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2604 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2605
2606 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2607
2608 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2609
2610 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2611 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2612 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2613 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2614 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2615 //
2616 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2617 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2618 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2619 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002620 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002621 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2622 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2623 "reg_save_area");
2624 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2625 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002626 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002627 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002628 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2629 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002630 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002631 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2632 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002633 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002634 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002635 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2636 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002637 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2638 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002639 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2640 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002641 llvm::Value *V =
2642 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2643 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2644 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2645 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2646
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002647 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002648 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002649 } else if (neededInt) {
2650 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2651 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002652 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002653
2654 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2655 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2656 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2657 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2658 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2659 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002660 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2661 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2662 RegAddr = Tmp;
2663 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002664 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2665 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2666 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2667 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002668 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002669 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2670 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2671 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2672 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002673 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002674 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002675 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002676 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002677 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2678 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2679 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002680 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2681 DblPtrTy));
2682 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2683 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2684 DblPtrTy));
2685 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2686 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2687 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002688 }
2689
2690 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2691 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2692 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2693 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002694 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002695 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2696 gp_offset_p);
2697 }
2698 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002699 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002700 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2701 fp_offset_p);
2702 }
2703 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2704
2705 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2706
2707 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2708 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2709
2710 // Return the appropriate result.
2711
2712 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002713 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002714 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002715 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2716 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002717 return ResAddr;
2718}
2719
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002720ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002721
2722 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2723 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2724
2725 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2726 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2727
2728 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2729
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002730 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2731 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002732 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002733 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002734 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2735 }
2736
2737 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002738 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2739
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002740 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002741 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002742 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2743 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002744 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002745
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002746 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002747 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2748 // directly.
2749 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2750 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2751 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002752 }
2753
2754 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002755 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2756 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002757 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2758 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002759
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002760 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2761 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002762 }
2763
2764 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2765 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2766
2767 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2768}
2769
2770void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002771 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2772 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002773
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002774 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2775 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002776}
2777
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002778llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2779 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002780 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002781
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002782 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2783 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2784 "ap");
2785 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2786 llvm::Type *PTy =
2787 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2788 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2789
2790 uint64_t Offset =
2791 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2792 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2793 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2794 "ap.next");
2795 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2796
2797 return AddrTyped;
2798}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002799
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002800namespace {
2801
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002802class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2803 public:
2804 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2805 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002806 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2807 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2808 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002809 private:
2810 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2811 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2812};
2813
2814class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2815 public:
2816 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2817 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
2818};
2819
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002820}
2821
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002822void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2823 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2824 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2825 else
2826 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2827}
2828
2829llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2830 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2831 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2832 // is unuspported.
2833 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2834}
2835
2836
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002837// PowerPC-32
2838
2839namespace {
2840class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2841public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002842 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002843
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002844 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002845 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2846 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2847 }
2848
2849 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002850 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002851};
2852
2853}
2854
2855bool
2856PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2857 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2858 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2859 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2860
2861 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002862
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002863 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002864 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2865 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2866 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2867
2868 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002869 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002870
2871 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002872 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002873
2874 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2875 // 64: mq
2876 // 65: lr
2877 // 66: ctr
2878 // 67: ap
2879 // 68-75 cr0-7
2880 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002881 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002882
2883 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002884 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002885
2886 // 109: vrsave
2887 // 110: vscr
2888 // 111: spe_acc
2889 // 112: spefscr
2890 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002891 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002892
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002893 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002894}
2895
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002896// PowerPC-64
2897
2898namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002899/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
2900class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
2901
2902public:
2903 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
2904
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002905 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
2906
2907 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
2908 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
2909
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002910 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
2911 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
2912 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
2913 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
2914 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
2915 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002916 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002917 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2918 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002919 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002920 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
2921 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002922 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002923 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002924 if (T) {
2925 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00002926 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
2927 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002928 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002929 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002930 continue;
2931 }
2932 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002933 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002934 }
2935 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002936
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002937 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2938 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002939};
2940
2941class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2942public:
2943 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
2944 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
2945
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002946 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002947 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2948 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2949 }
2950
2951 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002952 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002953};
2954
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002955class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2956public:
2957 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2958
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002959 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002960 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2961 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2962 }
2963
2964 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002965 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002966};
2967
2968}
2969
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002970// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
2971// extended to 64 bits.
2972bool
2973PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
2974 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2975 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2976 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2977
2978 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
2979 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2980 return true;
2981
2982 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
2983 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
2984 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
2985 switch (BT->getKind()) {
2986 case BuiltinType::Int:
2987 case BuiltinType::UInt:
2988 return true;
2989 default:
2990 break;
2991 }
2992
2993 return false;
2994}
2995
2996ABIArgInfo
2997PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00002998 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
2999 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3000
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003001 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3002 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3003 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3004 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3005 if (Size > 128)
3006 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3007 else if (Size < 128) {
3008 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3009 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3010 }
3011 }
3012
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003013 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003014 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003015 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003016
3017 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3018 }
3019
3020 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3021 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3022}
3023
3024ABIArgInfo
3025PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3026 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3027 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3028
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003029 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3030 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3031
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003032 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3033 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3034 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3035 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3036 if (Size > 128)
3037 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3038 else if (Size < 128) {
3039 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3040 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3041 }
3042 }
3043
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003044 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
3045 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3046
3047 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3048 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3049}
3050
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003051// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3052llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3053 QualType Ty,
3054 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3055 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3056 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3057
3058 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3059 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3060 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3061
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003062 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3063 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3064 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3065 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003066 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003067 QualType BaseTy;
3068 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3069
3070 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3071 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3072 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3073 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3074 SizeInBytes = 16;
3075 }
3076
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003077 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3078 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3079 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3080 "ap.next");
3081 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3082
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003083 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3084 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3085 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3086 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3087 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3088 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3089 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3090 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3091 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003092 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3093 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3094 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3095 } else {
3096 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3097 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003098 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3099 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3100 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3101 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3102 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3103 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3104 "vacplx");
3105 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3106 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3107 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3108 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3109 return Ptr;
3110 }
3111
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003112 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3113 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3114 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003115 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003116 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3117 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3118 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3119 }
3120
3121 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3122 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3123}
3124
3125static bool
3126PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3127 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003128 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3129 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3130
3131 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3132
3133 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3134 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3135 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3136 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3137
3138 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3139 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3140
3141 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3142 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3143
3144 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3145 // 64: mq
3146 // 65: lr
3147 // 66: ctr
3148 // 67: ap
3149 // 68-75 cr0-7
3150 // 76: xer
3151 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3152
3153 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3154 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3155
3156 // 109: vrsave
3157 // 110: vscr
3158 // 111: spe_acc
3159 // 112: spefscr
3160 // 113: sfp
3161 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3162
3163 return false;
3164}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003165
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003166bool
3167PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3168 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3169 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3170
3171 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3172}
3173
3174bool
3175PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3176 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3177
3178 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3179}
3180
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003181//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003182// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003183//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3184
3185namespace {
3186
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003187class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003188public:
3189 enum ABIKind {
3190 AAPCS = 0,
3191 DarwinPCS
3192 };
3193
3194private:
3195 ABIKind Kind;
3196
3197public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003198 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003199
3200private:
3201 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3202 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3203
3204 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3205 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3206 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003207 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003208 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3209
3210 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3211 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3212 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3213 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3214 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3215 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3216 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3217 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003218
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003219 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3220 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3221 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3222 // partially in registers.
3223 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003224
3225 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3226 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3227 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ?
3228 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() :
3229 FI.arg_size());
3230
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003231 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3232 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003233 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3234 it != ie; ++it) {
3235 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3236 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3237 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3238 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003239 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) <
3240 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003241 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003242 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003243
3244 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3245 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3246 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003247 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3248 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3249 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3250 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003251
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003252 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3253 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3254 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003255 }
3256
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003257 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3258 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3259 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3260 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3261 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3262 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003263 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003264 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003265
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003266 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3267 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3268 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3269 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3270 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3271 it->info =
3272 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3273 }
3274 }
3275 }
3276
3277 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3278 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3279
3280 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3281 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3282
3283 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3284 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3285 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3286 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3287 }
3288};
3289
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003290class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003291public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003292 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3293 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003294
3295 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3296 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3297 }
3298
3299 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3300
3301 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3302};
3303}
3304
3305static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3306 ASTContext &Context,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003307 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003308
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003309ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3310 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3311 bool &IsHA,
3312 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3313 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3314 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003315 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3316 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3317 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3318 if (Size <= 32) {
3319 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3320 AllocatedGPR++;
3321 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3322 }
3323 if (Size == 64) {
3324 llvm::Type *ResType =
3325 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3326 AllocatedVFP++;
3327 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3328 }
3329 if (Size == 128) {
3330 llvm::Type *ResType =
3331 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3332 AllocatedVFP++;
3333 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3334 }
3335 AllocatedGPR++;
3336 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3337 }
3338 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3339 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3340 AllocatedVFP++;
3341 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3342 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3343 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3344 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3345 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3346 AllocatedVFP++;
3347 }
3348
3349 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3350 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3351 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3352 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3353
3354 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003355 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3356 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3357 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3358
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003359 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3360 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3361 }
3362 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3363 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3364 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3365 }
3366
3367 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3368 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003369 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003370 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003371 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3372 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003373 }
3374
3375 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3376 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3377 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3378 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3379 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3380
3381 ++AllocatedGPR;
3382 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3383 }
3384
3385 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003386 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003387 uint64_t Members = 0;
3388 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003389 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003390 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3391 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3392 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3393 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3394 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3395 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3396 }
3397 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003398 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3399 }
3400
3401 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3402 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3403 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003404 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3405 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3406 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3407
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003408 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3409 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3410 IsSmallAggr = true;
3411 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3412 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003413 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003414 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3415 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3416 }
3417 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3418 }
3419
3420 AllocatedGPR++;
3421 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3422}
3423
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003424ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003425 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3426 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3427
3428 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3429 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3430 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3431
3432 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3433 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3434 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3435 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3436
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003437 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3438 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3439 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003440 }
3441
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003442 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3443 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3444
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003445 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003446 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext()))
3447 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3448 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3449
3450 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3451 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3452 if (Size <= 128) {
3453 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3455 }
3456
3457 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3458}
3459
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003460/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3461bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003462 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3463 // Check whether VT is legal.
3464 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3465 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3466 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3467 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3468 return true;
3469 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3470 }
3471 return false;
3472}
3473
3474static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3475 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3476 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3477 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3478 // Standard, section B.4:
3479 //
3480 // struct {
3481 // void *__stack;
3482 // void *__gr_top;
3483 // void *__vr_top;
3484 // int __gr_offs;
3485 // int __vr_offs;
3486 // };
3487
3488 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3489 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3490 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3491 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3492 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3493
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003494 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003495 int reg_top_index;
3496 int RegSize;
3497 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3498 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3499 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3500 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3501 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3502 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3503 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3504 } else {
3505 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3506 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3507 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3508 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3509 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3510 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3511 }
3512
3513 //=======================================
3514 // Find out where argument was passed
3515 //=======================================
3516
3517 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3518 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3519 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3520 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003521 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003522 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3523 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3524
3525 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3526
3527 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003528 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003529 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3530
3531 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3532 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3533 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3534 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3535 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3536
3537 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3538 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3539 "align_regoffs");
3540 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3541 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3542 "aligned_regoffs");
3543 }
3544
3545 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003546 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003547 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3548 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3549 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3550
3551 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3552 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003553 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003554 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3555 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3556
3557 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3558
3559 //=======================================
3560 // Argument was in registers
3561 //=======================================
3562
3563 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3564 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3565 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3566
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003567 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003568 reg_top_p =
3569 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3570 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3571 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003572 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003573 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3574
3575 if (IsIndirect) {
3576 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3577 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3578 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3579 }
3580
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003581 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003582 uint64_t NumMembers;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003583 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers);
3584 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003585 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3586 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3587 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3588 // contiguously.
3589 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3590 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3591 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3592 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3593 int Offset = 0;
3594
3595 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3596 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3597 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3598 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3599 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3600 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3601 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3602 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3603 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3604
3605 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3606 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3607 }
3608
3609 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3610 } else {
3611 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3612 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003613 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3614 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003615 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3616 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3617 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3618
3619 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3620 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3621
3622 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3623 }
3624
3625 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3626 }
3627
3628 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3629
3630 //=======================================
3631 // Argument was on the stack
3632 //=======================================
3633 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3634
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003635 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003636 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3637 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3638
3639 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3640 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3641 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3642 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3643
3644 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3645
3646 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3647 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3648 "align_stack");
3649 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3650 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3651 "align_stack");
3652
3653 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3654 }
3655
3656 uint64_t StackSize;
3657 if (IsIndirect)
3658 StackSize = 8;
3659 else
3660 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3661
3662 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
3663 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
3664
3665 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
3666 llvm::Value *NewStack =
3667 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
3668
3669 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
3670 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
3671
3672 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
3673 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
3674 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3675 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3676
3677 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3678 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3679
3680 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3681 }
3682
3683 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
3684
3685 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3686
3687 //=======================================
3688 // Tidy up
3689 //=======================================
3690 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3691
3692 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3693 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3694 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
3695
3696 if (IsIndirect)
3697 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
3698
3699 return ResAddr;
3700}
3701
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003702llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003703 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3704
3705 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
3706 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003707 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
3708 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003709
3710 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
3711 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
3712}
3713
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003714llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003715 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3716 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
3717 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
3718 // other cases.
3719 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003720 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003721
3722 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3723 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3724
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003725 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003726 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext());
3727
3728 bool isIndirect = false;
3729 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
3730 // be passed indirectly.
3731 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
3732 isIndirect = true;
3733 Size = 8;
3734 Align = 8;
3735 }
3736
3737 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
3738 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
3739
3740 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3741 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3742 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3743
3744 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3745 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
3746 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3747 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3748 }
3749
3750 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
3751 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
3752 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
3753 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
3754 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3755 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
3756 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
3757 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
3758 }
3759
3760 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
3761 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
3762 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
3763 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3764
3765 if (isIndirect)
3766 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
3767 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3768 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3769
3770 return AddrTyped;
3771}
3772
3773//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003774// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003775//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003776
3777namespace {
3778
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003779class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003780public:
3781 enum ABIKind {
3782 APCS = 0,
3783 AAPCS = 1,
3784 AAPCS_VFP
3785 };
3786
3787private:
3788 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003789 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
3790 const unsigned NumVFPs;
3791 const unsigned NumGPRs;
3792 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
3793 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003794
3795public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003796 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
3797 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003798 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003799 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003800 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003801
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003802 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003803 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
3804 case llvm::Triple::Android:
3805 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003806 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003807 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00003808 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003809 return true;
3810 default:
3811 return false;
3812 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003813 }
3814
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003815 bool isEABIHF() const {
3816 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
3817 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
3818 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
3819 return true;
3820 default:
3821 return false;
3822 }
3823 }
3824
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003825 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3826
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003827private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00003828 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00003829 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003830 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00003831 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003832
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003833 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003834
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003835 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3836 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003837
3838 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
3839 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
3840 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003841
3842 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
3843 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
3844 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003845};
3846
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00003847class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3848public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00003849 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
3850 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00003851
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003852 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
3853 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
3854 }
3855
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003856 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00003857 return 13;
3858 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003859
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003860 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003861 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3862 }
3863
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003864 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003865 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003866 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003867
3868 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003869 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003870 return false;
3871 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003872
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003873 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003874 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
3875 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
3876 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003877
3878 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003879 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003880 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
3881 if (!FD)
3882 return;
3883
3884 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
3885 if (!Attr)
3886 return;
3887
3888 const char *Kind;
3889 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
3890 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
3891 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
3892 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
3893 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
3894 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
3895 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
3896 }
3897
3898 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
3899
3900 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
3901
3902 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
3903 return;
3904
3905 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
3906 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
3907 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
3908 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
3909 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
3910 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
3911 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
3912 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
3913 B));
3914 }
3915
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00003916};
3917
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003918}
3919
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00003920void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003921 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00003922 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003923 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
3924 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
3925 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
3926 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
3927 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003928 resetAllocatedRegs();
3929
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003930 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
3931 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3932 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
3933 } else {
3934 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
3935 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003936 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003937 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
3938 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003939 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003940 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
3941 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00003942 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003943
3944 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
3945 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
3946 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00003947 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003948 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
3949 // unusable anyway.
3950 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
3951 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && StackUsed) {
3952 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3953 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00003954 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
3955 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
3956 PaddingTy);
3957 } else {
3958 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
3959 PaddingTy);
3960 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003961 }
3962 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003963
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00003964 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
3965 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
3966 return;
3967
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003968 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
3969 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
3970 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
3971}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00003972
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003973/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
3974llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
3975 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003976 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003977 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
3978 else if (isEABI())
3979 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
3980 else
3981 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
3982}
3983
3984/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
3985/// as the C calling convention.
3986llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003987 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003988 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
3989 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
3990 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003991 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003992 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
3993}
3994
3995void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
3996 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
3997
3998 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
3999 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4000 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4001 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4002 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004003}
4004
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004005/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
4006/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4007/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4008/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
4009static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004010 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004011 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004012 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
4013 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members))
4014 return false;
4015 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4016 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4017 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004018 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004019 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004020
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004021 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004022 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004023 uint64_t FldMembers;
4024 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers))
4025 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004026
4027 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4028 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004029 }
4030 } else {
4031 Members = 1;
4032 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4033 Members = 2;
4034 Ty = CT->getElementType();
4035 }
4036
4037 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4038 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4039 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4040 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
Tim Northovereb752d42012-07-20 22:29:29 +00004041 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4042 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004043 return false;
4044 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4045 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4046 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4047 return false;
4048 } else {
4049 return false;
4050 }
4051
4052 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
4053 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4054 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4055 if (!Base)
4056 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00004057
4058 if (Base != TyPtr) {
4059 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4060 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4061 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4062
4063 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4064 // of their members.
4065 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4066 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4067
4068 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4069 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4070 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4071 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4072 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4073 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4074 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4075 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4076
4077 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4078 return false;
4079 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004080 }
4081
4082 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4083 if (HAMembers)
4084 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004085
4086 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004087}
4088
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004089/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4090/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004091void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4092 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004093 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004094 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4095 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4096 // the stack.
4097 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004098 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004099 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004100 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4101 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4102 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4103 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4104 bool FoundSlot = true;
4105 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4106 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4107 FoundSlot = false;
4108 break;
4109 }
4110 if (FoundSlot) {
4111 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4112 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004113 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004114 return;
4115 }
4116 }
4117 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4118 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4119 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4120 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004121 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004122}
4123
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004124/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4125/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4126/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4127void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004128 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004129 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4130
4131 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4132 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4133
4134 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4135}
4136
4137void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4138 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4139 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4140 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4141 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4142}
4143
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004144ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004145 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004146 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4147 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4148 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4149 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4150 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4151 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4152 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4153 // to four Elements.
4154
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004155 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4156 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4157 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4158 if (Size <= 32) {
4159 llvm::Type *ResType =
4160 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004161 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004162 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4163 }
4164 if (Size == 64) {
4165 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4166 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004167 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4168 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4169 } else {
4170 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4171 IsCPRC = true;
4172 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004173 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4174 }
4175 if (Size == 128) {
4176 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4177 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004178 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4179 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4180 } else {
4181 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4182 IsCPRC = true;
4183 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004184 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4185 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004186 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004187 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4188 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004189 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004190 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4191 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4192 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4193 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4194 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4195 IsCPRC = true;
4196 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004197 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004198 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004199 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4200 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4201 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4202 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4203 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4204 IsCPRC = true;
4205 }
4206 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4207 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4208 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4209 IsCPRC = true;
4210 }
4211 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004212 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004213
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004214 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004215 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004216 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004217 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004218 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004219
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004220 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4221 if (!IsCPRC)
4222 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004223 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4224 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004225 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004226
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004227 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4228 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004229 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004230 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004231
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004232 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004233 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004234 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4235
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004236 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004237 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4238 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004239 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004240 uint64_t Members = 0;
4241 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004242 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004243 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4244 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4245 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4246 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004247 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004248 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004249 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004250 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004251 else {
4252 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4253 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004254 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004255 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004256 IsCPRC = true;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004257 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004258 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004259 }
4260
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004261 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004262 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4263 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4264 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004265 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4266 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4267 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4268 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4269 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004270 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004271 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4272 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4273 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4274 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4275 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004276 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004277 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004278 }
4279
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004280 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004281 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004282 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004283 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4284 // we can.
4285 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004286 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4287 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004288 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004289 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004290 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4291 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004292 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004293 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004294
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004295 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004296 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004297 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004298}
4299
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004300static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004301 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4302 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4303 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4304 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4305
4306 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4307
4308 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4309 if (Size > 32)
4310 return false;
4311
4312 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4313 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4314 return false;
4315
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004316 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4317 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4318 return false;
4319
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004320 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004321 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004322 return true;
4323
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004324 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4325 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4326 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004327
4328 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4329 // above, but they are not.
4330
4331 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4332 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4333 if (!RT) return false;
4334
4335 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4336 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4337 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4338 return false;
4339
4340 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4341 // like".
4342 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4343
4344 bool HadField = false;
4345 unsigned idx = 0;
4346 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4347 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004348 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004349
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004350 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4351 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4352 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4353 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4354 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4355 if (!RD->isUnion())
4356 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004357
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004358 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4359 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004360
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004361 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004362 }
4363
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004364 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4365 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4366 return false;
4367
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004368 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4369 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004370
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004371 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4372 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4373 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004374 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4375 if (HadField)
4376 return false;
4377
4378 HadField = true;
4379 }
4380 }
4381
4382 return true;
4383}
4384
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004385ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4386 bool isVariadic) const {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004387 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004388 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004389
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004390 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004391 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4392 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004393 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004394 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004395
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004396 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4400
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004403 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004404
4405 // Are we following APCS?
4406 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004407 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004408 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4409
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004410 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4411 //
4412 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4413 // correctly.
4414 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004415 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004416 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004417
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004418 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004419 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004420 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004421 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004422 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004423 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004424 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004425 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4426 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004427 }
4428
4429 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004430 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004431 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004432 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004433
4434 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4435
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004436 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004437 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4438
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004439 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004440 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004441 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004442 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) {
4443 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004444 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4445 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004446 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004447 }
4448
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004449 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4450 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004451 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004452 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004453 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4454 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4456
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004457 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4458 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004459 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004460 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004461 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4462 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004463 }
4464
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004465 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004466 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004467}
4468
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004469/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4470bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4471 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4472 // Check whether VT is legal.
4473 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4474 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4475 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4476 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4477 return true;
4478 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4479 return Size <= 32;
4480 }
4481 return false;
4482}
4483
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004484llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004485 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004486 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4487 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004488
4489 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004490 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004491 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004492
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004493 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4494 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4495 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4496 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4497 }
4498
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004499 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004500 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004501 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004502
4503 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4504 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004505 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4506 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4507 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4508 else
4509 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004510 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4511 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4512 IsIndirect = true;
4513 Size = 4;
4514 TyAlign = 4;
4515 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004516
4517 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004518 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4519 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4520 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4521 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4522 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4523 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004524 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004525 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004526
4527 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004528 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004529 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004530 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004531 "ap.next");
4532 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4533
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004534 if (IsIndirect)
4535 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004536 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004537 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4538 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4539 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4540 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4541 // than the ABI alignment.
4542 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4543 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4544 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4545 "var.align");
4546 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4547 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4548 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4549 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4550 TyAlign, false);
4551 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4552 }
4553 llvm::Type *PTy =
4554 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4555 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4556
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004557 return AddrTyped;
4558}
4559
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004560namespace {
4561
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004562class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4563 public:
4564 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4565 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004566 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4567 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4568 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004569 private:
4570 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4571 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4572};
4573
4574class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4575 public:
4576 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4577 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4578};
4579
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004580}
4581
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004582void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4583 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4584 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4585 else
4586 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4587}
4588
4589llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4590 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4591 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4592 // is unsupported.
4593 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4594}
4595
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004596//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004597// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004598//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4599
4600namespace {
4601
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004602class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004603public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004604 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004605
4606 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4607 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4608
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004609 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4610 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4611 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004612};
4613
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004614class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004615public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004616 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4617 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004618
4619 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4620 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004621private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004622 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4623 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4624 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004625};
4626
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004627ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004628 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4629 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004630
4631 // note: this is different from default ABI
4632 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4633 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4634
4635 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4636 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4637 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4638
4639 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4640 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004641}
4642
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004643ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004644 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4645 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4646 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004647
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004648 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4649 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004650}
4651
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004652void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004653 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4654 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004655 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4656 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004657
4658 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4659 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4660 return;
4661
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004662 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
4663}
4664
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004665llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4666 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
4667 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004668}
4669
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004670void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
4671SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4672 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004673 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4674 if (!FD) return;
4675
4676 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4677
4678 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004679 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004680 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004681 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004682 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004683 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004684 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4685 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004686 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004687 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004688 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004689 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004690
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004691 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004692 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004693 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004694 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
4695 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004696 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
4697 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4698 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
4699 }
4700 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
4701 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
4702 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
4703 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
4704 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
4705 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
4706 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
4707 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
4708 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
4709 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
4710 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
4711 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
4712 }
4713 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004714 }
4715}
4716
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004717void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
4718 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004719 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
4720 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
4721
4722 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
4723 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
4724
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00004725 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
4726 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
4727 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004728 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
4729 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
4730}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004731}
4732
4733//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004734// SystemZ ABI Implementation
4735//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4736
4737namespace {
4738
4739class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4740public:
4741 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4742
4743 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
4744 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
4745 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4746
4747 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4748 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
4749
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004750 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004751 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4752 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004753 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4754 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004755 }
4756
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004757 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4758 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004759};
4760
4761class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4762public:
4763 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4764 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
4765};
4766
4767}
4768
4769bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
4770 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4771 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4772 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4773
4774 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
4775 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
4776 return true;
4777
4778 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
4779 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
4780 switch (BT->getKind()) {
4781 case BuiltinType::Int:
4782 case BuiltinType::UInt:
4783 return true;
4784 default:
4785 return false;
4786 }
4787 return false;
4788}
4789
4790bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
4791 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
4792}
4793
4794bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4795 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
4796 switch (BT->getKind()) {
4797 case BuiltinType::Float:
4798 case BuiltinType::Double:
4799 return true;
4800 default:
4801 return false;
4802 }
4803
4804 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
4805 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4806 bool Found = false;
4807
4808 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
4809 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00004810 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
4811 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004812
4813 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
4814 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
4815 continue;
4816
4817 if (Found)
4818 return false;
4819 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
4820 if (!Found)
4821 return false;
4822 }
4823
4824 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004825 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004826 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
4827 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
4828 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
4829 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
4830 return true;
4831
4832 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
4833 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
4834 if (Found)
4835 return false;
4836 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
4837 if (!Found)
4838 return false;
4839 }
4840
4841 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
4842 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
4843 return Found;
4844 }
4845
4846 return false;
4847}
4848
4849llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4850 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4851 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
4852 // struct {
4853 // i64 __gpr;
4854 // i64 __fpr;
4855 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
4856 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
4857 // };
4858
4859 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
4860 // GPRs or FPRs.
4861 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
4862 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4863 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
4864
4865 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4866 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4867 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
4868 if (IsIndirect) {
4869 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
4870 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
4871 } else
4872 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4873 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
4874 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
4875
4876 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
4877 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
4878
4879 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
4880 if (InFPRs) {
4881 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
4882 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
4883 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
4884 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
4885 } else {
4886 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
4887 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
4888 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
4889 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
4890 }
4891
4892 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
4893 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
4894 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
4895 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
4896 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
4897 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004898 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004899
4900 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4901 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
4902 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4903 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
4904
4905 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
4906 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4907
4908 // Work out the address of an argument register.
4909 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
4910 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
4911 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
4912 llvm::Value *RegBase =
4913 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
4914 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
4915 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
4916 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
4917 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
4918 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
4919 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
4920 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
4921 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
4922 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
4923 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
4924
4925 // Update the register count
4926 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
4927 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
4928 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
4929 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
4930 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4931
4932 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
4933 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
4934
4935 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
4936 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
4937 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
4938 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
4939 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
4940 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
4941 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
4942 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
4943 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
4944 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
4945
4946 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
4947 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
4948 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
4949 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
4950 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4951
4952 // Return the appropriate result.
4953 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4954 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
4955 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4956 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
4957
4958 if (IsIndirect)
4959 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
4960
4961 return ResAddr;
4962}
4963
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004964ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4965 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4966 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4967 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
4968 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4969 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
4970 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4971}
4972
4973ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4974 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00004975 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004976 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4977
4978 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
4979 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
4980 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
4981
4982 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
4983 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4984 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004985 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004986
4987 // Handle small structures.
4988 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4989 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
4990 // fail the size test above.
4991 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4992 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004993 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004994
4995 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
4996 llvm::Type *PassTy;
4997 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
4998 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
4999 if (Size == 32)
5000 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5001 else
5002 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5003 } else
5004 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5005 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5006 }
5007
5008 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5009 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005010 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005011
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005013}
5014
5015//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005016// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005017//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005018
5019namespace {
5020
5021class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5022public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005023 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5024 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005025 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005026 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005027};
5028
5029}
5030
5031void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5032 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5033 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5034 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5035 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5036 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5037 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5038
5039 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5040 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5041
5042 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005043 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005044
5045 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005046 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005047 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5048 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005049 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005050 }
5051}
5052
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005053//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005054// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5055// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005056//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5057
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005058namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005059class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005060 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005061 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5062 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005063 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005064 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005065 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005066 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005067public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005068 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005069 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005070 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005071
5072 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005073 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005074 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5075 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5076 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005077};
5078
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005079class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005080 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005081public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005082 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5083 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005084 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005085
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005086 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005087 return 29;
5088 }
5089
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005090 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005091 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005092 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5093 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005094 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005095 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5096 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5097 }
5098 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5099 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5100 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005101 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005102
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005103 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005104 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005105
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005106 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005107 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005108 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005109};
5110}
5111
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005112void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005113 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005114 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5115 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005116
5117 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5118 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5119 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5120
5121 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5122 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5123
5124 if (R)
5125 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005126}
5127
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005128// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5129// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005130llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005131 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5132
5133 if (IsO32) {
5134 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5135 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5136 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005137
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005138 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5139 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005140
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005141 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005142
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005143 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5144 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5145 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5146 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5147 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005148
5149 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5150 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005151 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005152
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005153 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5154 unsigned idx = 0;
5155 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5156
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005157 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5158 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005159 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5160 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005161 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005162 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5163
5164 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5165 continue;
5166
5167 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5168 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5169 continue;
5170
5171 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5172 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5173 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5174
5175 // Add double type.
5176 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5177 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5178 }
5179
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005180 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5181 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005182
5183 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5184}
5185
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005186llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5187 uint64_t Offset) const {
5188 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005189 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005190
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005191 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005192}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005193
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005194ABIArgInfo
5195MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005196 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005197 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005198 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005199
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005200 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5201 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005202 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5203 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005204
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005205 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005206 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005207 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005208 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5209
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005210 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005211 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005212 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005213 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005214
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005215 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5216 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5217 // aggregate is unaligned.
5218 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005219 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005220 }
5221
5222 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5223 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5224 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5225
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005226 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5227 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5228
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005229 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005230 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005231}
5232
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005233llvm::Type*
5234MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005235 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005236 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005237
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005238 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005239 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005240 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5241 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005242
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005243 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5244 // following conditions are met:
5245 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5246 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5247 // point types.
5248 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5249 //
5250 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5251 //
5252 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5253 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5254 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005255 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005256
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005257 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5258 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005259
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005260 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005261 }
5262
5263 if (b == e)
5264 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5265 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5266
5267 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005268 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005269 }
5270
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005271 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005272 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5273}
5274
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005275ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005276 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5277
5278 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005279 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5280
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005281 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005282 if (Size <= 128) {
5283 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5284 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5285
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005286 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers.
5287 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5288 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5289
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005290 if (!IsO32)
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005291 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5292 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005293
5294 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5295 }
5296
5297 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5298 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5299 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5300
5301 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5302 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5303}
5304
5305void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005306 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005307 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5308 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005309
5310 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005311 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005312
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005313 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5314 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005315}
5316
5317llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5318 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005319 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5320 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005321
5322 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5323 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5324 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005325 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005326 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5327 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00005328 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005329 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005330
5331 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005332 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5333 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5334 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5335 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005336 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5337 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5338 }
5339 else
5340 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5341
5342 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005343 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005344 uint64_t Offset =
5345 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5346 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005347 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005348 "ap.next");
5349 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5350
5351 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005352}
5353
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005354bool
5355MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5356 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5357 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5358 // as canonical as it gets.
5359
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005360 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5361 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005362 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005363
5364 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5365 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5366 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5367 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005368 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005369
5370 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5371 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5372
5373 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5374 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5375 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5376 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5377 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005378 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005379 return false;
5380}
5381
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005382//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5383// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5384// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5385// handling.
5386//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5387
5388namespace {
5389
5390class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5391public:
5392 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5393 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5394
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005395 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5396 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005397};
5398
5399void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5400 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5401 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5402 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5403 if (!FD) return;
5404
5405 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5406
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005407 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005408 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5409 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005410 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005411 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5412 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005413 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5414 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5415 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5416 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5417
5418 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5419 Operands.push_back(F);
5420
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005421 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005422 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005423 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005424 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005425 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005426 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005427
5428 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5429 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5430 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005431 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005432 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5433 }
5434 }
5435 }
5436}
5437
5438}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005439
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005440//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5441// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5442//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5443
5444namespace {
5445
5446class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5447
5448
5449public:
5450 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5451
5452private:
5453
5454 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5455 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5456
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005457 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005458
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005459 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5460 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005461};
5462
5463class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5464public:
5465 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5466 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5467
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005468 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005469 return 29;
5470 }
5471};
5472
5473}
5474
5475void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005476 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5477 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005478 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5479 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005480}
5481
5482ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5483 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5484 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5485 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5486 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5487
5488 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5489 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5490 }
5491
5492 // Ignore empty records.
5493 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5494 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5495
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005496 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005497 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005498
5499 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5500 if (Size > 64)
5501 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5502 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5503 else if (Size > 32)
5504 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5505 else if (Size > 16)
5506 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5507 else if (Size > 8)
5508 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5509 else
5510 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5511}
5512
5513ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5514 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5515 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5516
5517 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5518 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5519 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5520
5521 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5522 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5523 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5524 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5525
5526 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5527 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5528 }
5529
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005530 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5531 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5532
5533 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5534 // are returned indirectly.
5535 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5536 if (Size <= 64) {
5537 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5538 if (Size <= 8)
5539 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5540 if (Size <= 16)
5541 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5542 if (Size <= 32)
5543 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5544 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5545 }
5546
5547 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5548}
5549
5550llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005551 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005552 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005553 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005554
5555 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5556 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5557 "ap");
5558 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5559 llvm::Type *PTy =
5560 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5561 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5562
5563 uint64_t Offset =
5564 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5565 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5566 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5567 "ap.next");
5568 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5569
5570 return AddrTyped;
5571}
5572
5573
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005574//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5575// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5576// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5577//
5578// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5579// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5580// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5581//
5582// One case requires special care:
5583//
5584// struct mixed {
5585// int i;
5586// float f;
5587// };
5588//
5589// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5590// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5591// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5592// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5593//
5594// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5595//
5596// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5597// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5598// bytes.
5599//
5600namespace {
5601class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5602public:
5603 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5604
5605private:
5606 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005607 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5608 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5609 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005610
5611 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5612 // serves two purposes:
5613 //
5614 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5615 // in registers.
5616 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5617 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5618 //
5619 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5620 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5621 //
5622 struct CoerceBuilder {
5623 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
5624 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
5625 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
5626 uint64_t Size;
5627 bool InReg;
5628
5629 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
5630 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
5631
5632 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
5633 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
5634 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
5635 if (ToSize == Size)
5636 return;
5637
5638 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
5639 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
5640 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
5641 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
5642 Size = Aligned;
5643 }
5644
5645 // Add whole 64-bit words.
5646 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
5647 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
5648 Size += 64;
5649 }
5650
5651 // Final in-word padding.
5652 if (Size < ToSize) {
5653 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
5654 Size = ToSize;
5655 }
5656 }
5657
5658 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
5659 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
5660 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
5661 if (Offset % Bits)
5662 return;
5663 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
5664 if (Bits < 64)
5665 InReg = true;
5666 pad(Offset);
5667 Elems.push_back(Ty);
5668 Size = Offset + Bits;
5669 }
5670
5671 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
5672 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
5673 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
5674 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
5675 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
5676 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
5677 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
5678 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
5679 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
5680 break;
5681 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
5682 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
5683 break;
5684 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
5685 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
5686 break;
5687 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
5688 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
5689 break;
5690 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
5691 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
5692 pad(ElemOffset);
5693 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
5694 Size += 64;
5695 }
5696 break;
5697 default:
5698 break;
5699 }
5700 }
5701 }
5702
5703 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
5704 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
5705 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
5706 return false;
5707 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
5708 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
5709 return false;
5710 return true;
5711 }
5712
5713 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
5714 llvm::Type *getType() const {
5715 if (Elems.size() == 1)
5716 return Elems.front();
5717 else
5718 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
5719 }
5720 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005721};
5722} // end anonymous namespace
5723
5724ABIArgInfo
5725SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
5726 if (Ty->isVoidType())
5727 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5728
5729 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5730
5731 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
5732 // pointer / sret pointer.
5733 if (Size > SizeLimit)
5734 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5735
5736 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5737 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5738 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5739
5740 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
5741 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
5742 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5743
5744 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
5745 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5746 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5747
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00005748 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
5749 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
5750 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5751 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5752
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005753 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005754 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
5755 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
5756 if (!StrTy)
5757 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5758
5759 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
5760 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
5761 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
5762
5763 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
5764 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
5765
5766 if (CB.InReg)
5767 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
5768 else
5769 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005770}
5771
5772llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5773 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00005774 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
5775 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5776 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
5777 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
5778
5779 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5780 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5781 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5782 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5783 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
5784 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
5785 unsigned Stride;
5786
5787 switch (AI.getKind()) {
5788 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00005789 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00005790 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
5791
5792 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
5793 Stride = 8;
5794 ArgAddr = Builder
5795 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
5796 "extend");
5797 break;
5798
5799 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
5800 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
5801 ArgAddr = Addr;
5802 break;
5803
5804 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
5805 Stride = 8;
5806 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
5807 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
5808 "indirect");
5809 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
5810 break;
5811
5812 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
5813 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
5814 }
5815
5816 // Update VAList.
5817 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
5818 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5819
5820 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005821}
5822
5823void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5824 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005825 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5826 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005827}
5828
5829namespace {
5830class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5831public:
5832 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5833 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005834
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005835 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005836 return 14;
5837 }
5838
5839 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005840 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005841};
5842} // end anonymous namespace
5843
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005844bool
5845SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5846 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5847 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
5848 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
5849
5850 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5851
5852 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
5853 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
5854 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
5855
5856 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
5857 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
5858
5859 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
5860 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
5861
5862 // Y = 64
5863 // PSR = 65
5864 // WIM = 66
5865 // TBR = 67
5866 // PC = 68
5867 // NPC = 69
5868 // FSR = 70
5869 // CSR = 71
5870 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
5871
5872 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
5873 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
5874
5875 return false;
5876}
5877
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005878
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005879//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005880// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005881//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005882
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005883namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005884
5885/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
5886/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
5887typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
5888
5889/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
5890///
5891/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
5892/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
5893/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
5894///
5895/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
5896/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
5897/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
5898/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
5899/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
5900/// Recursive type encoding.
5901///
5902/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
5903/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
5904/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
5905/// the type is encountered.
5906///
5907/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
5908/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
5909/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
5910/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
5911/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
5912///
5913/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
5914/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
5915/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
5916/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
5917/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
5918///
5919/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
5920///
5921/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
5922/// cached encoding is used;
5923///
5924/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
5925/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
5926///
5927/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
5928/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
5929///
5930/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
5931/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
5932/// it is swapped back in;
5933///
5934/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
5935/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
5936/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
5937///
5938/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
5939/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
5940/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
5941/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
5942///
5943class TypeStringCache {
5944 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
5945 struct Entry {
5946 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
5947 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
5948 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
5949 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
5950 };
5951 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
5952 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
5953 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
5954public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00005955 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005956 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
5957 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
5958 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
5959 bool IsRecursive);
5960 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
5961};
5962
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00005963/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005964/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
5965class FieldEncoding {
5966 bool HasName;
5967 std::string Enc;
5968public:
5969 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
5970 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
5971 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
5972 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
5973 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
5974 }
5975};
5976
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005977class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
5978public:
5979 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005980 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5981 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005982};
5983
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005984class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005985 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005986public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005987 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005988 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00005989 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5990 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005991};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005992
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005993} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005994
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005995llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5996 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005997 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005998
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005999 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006000 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6001 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6002 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006003
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006004 // Handle the argument.
6005 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6006 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6007 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6008 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006009 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006010 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006011 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006012 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006013 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006014 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006015 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6016 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006017 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6018 ArgSize = 0;
6019 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006020 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6021 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006022 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6023 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6024 if (ArgSize < 4)
6025 ArgSize = 4;
6026 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006027 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6028 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6029 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6030 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006031 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6032 ArgSize = 4;
6033 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006034 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006035
6036 // Increment the VAList.
6037 if (ArgSize) {
6038 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6039 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6040 }
6041 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006042}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006043
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006044/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6045/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6046/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6047/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6048/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6049void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6050 std::string StubEnc) {
6051 if (!ID)
6052 return;
6053 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6054 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6055 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6056 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6057 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6058 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6059 E.State = Incomplete;
6060 ++IncompleteCount;
6061}
6062
6063/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6064/// must be removed from the cache.
6065/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6066/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6067bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6068 if (!ID)
6069 return false;
6070 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6071 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6072 Entry &E = I->second;
6073 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6074 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6075 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6076 bool IsRecursive = false;
6077 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6078 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6079 IsRecursive = true;
6080 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6081 }
6082 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6083 Map.erase(I);
6084 else {
6085 // Swap the Recursive back.
6086 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6087 E.Swapped.clear();
6088 E.State = Recursive;
6089 }
6090 --IncompleteCount;
6091 return IsRecursive;
6092}
6093
6094/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6095/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6096void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6097 bool IsRecursive) {
6098 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6099 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6100 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6101 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6102 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6103 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6104 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6105 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6106 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6107 return;
6108 }
6109 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6110 E.Str = Str.str();
6111 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6112}
6113
6114/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6115/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6116/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6117StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6118 if (!ID)
6119 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6120 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6121 if (I == Map.end())
6122 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6123 Entry &E = I->second;
6124 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6125 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6126
6127 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6128 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6129 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6130 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6131 }
6132 return E.Str.c_str();
6133}
6134
6135/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6136/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6137/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6138/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6139/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6140/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6141///
6142/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6143/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6144/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6145/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6146///
6147static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6148 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6149
6150/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6151void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6152 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6153 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6154 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6155 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6156 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6157 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6158 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6159 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6160 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6161 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6162 }
6163}
6164
6165static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6166 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6167 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6168
6169/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6170/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6171static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6172 const RecordDecl *RD,
6173 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6174 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6175 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end();
6176 I != E; ++I) {
6177 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6178 Enc += "m(";
6179 Enc += I->getName();
6180 Enc += "){";
6181 if (I->isBitField()) {
6182 Enc += "b(";
6183 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6184 OS.resync();
6185 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6186 OS.flush();
6187 Enc += ':';
6188 }
6189 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6190 return false;
6191 if (I->isBitField())
6192 Enc += ')';
6193 Enc += '}';
6194 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc));
6195 }
6196 return true;
6197}
6198
6199/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6200/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6201/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6202static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6203 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6204 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6205 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6206 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6207 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6208 Enc += TypeString;
6209 return true;
6210 }
6211
6212 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6213 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6214 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6215 Enc += '(';
6216 if (ID)
6217 Enc += ID->getName();
6218 Enc += "){";
6219
6220 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6221 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6223 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6224 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6225 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6226 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006227 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006228 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6229 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6230 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6231 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6232 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6233 return false;
6234 }
6235 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6236 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6237 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6238 if (RT->isUnionType())
6239 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006240 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6241 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006242 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6243 if (I)
6244 Enc += ',';
6245 Enc += FE[I].str();
6246 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006247 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006248 Enc += '}';
6249 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6250 return true;
6251}
6252
6253/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6254static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6255 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6256 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6257 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6258 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6259 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6260 Enc += TypeString;
6261 return true;
6262 }
6263
6264 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6265 Enc += "e(";
6266 if (ID)
6267 Enc += ID->getName();
6268 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006269
6270 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006271 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006272 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6273 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6274 ++I) {
6275 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6276 EnumEnc += "m(";
6277 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6278 EnumEnc += "){";
6279 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6280 EnumEnc += '}';
6281 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6282 }
6283 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6284 unsigned E = FE.size();
6285 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6286 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006287 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006288 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006289 }
6290 }
6291 Enc += '}';
6292 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6293 return true;
6294}
6295
6296/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6297/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6298static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6299 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6300 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6301 int Lookup = 0;
6302 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6303 Lookup += 1<<0;
6304 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6305 Lookup += 1<<1;
6306 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6307 Lookup += 1<<2;
6308 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6309}
6310
6311/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6312static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6313 const char *EncType;
6314 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6315 case BuiltinType::Void:
6316 EncType = "0";
6317 break;
6318 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6319 EncType = "b";
6320 break;
6321 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6322 EncType = "uc";
6323 break;
6324 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6325 EncType = "uc";
6326 break;
6327 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6328 EncType = "sc";
6329 break;
6330 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6331 EncType = "us";
6332 break;
6333 case BuiltinType::Short:
6334 EncType = "ss";
6335 break;
6336 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6337 EncType = "ui";
6338 break;
6339 case BuiltinType::Int:
6340 EncType = "si";
6341 break;
6342 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6343 EncType = "ul";
6344 break;
6345 case BuiltinType::Long:
6346 EncType = "sl";
6347 break;
6348 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6349 EncType = "ull";
6350 break;
6351 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6352 EncType = "sll";
6353 break;
6354 case BuiltinType::Float:
6355 EncType = "ft";
6356 break;
6357 case BuiltinType::Double:
6358 EncType = "d";
6359 break;
6360 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6361 EncType = "ld";
6362 break;
6363 default:
6364 return false;
6365 }
6366 Enc += EncType;
6367 return true;
6368}
6369
6370/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6371static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6372 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6373 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6374 Enc += "p(";
6375 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6376 return false;
6377 Enc += ')';
6378 return true;
6379}
6380
6381/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006382static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6383 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006384 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6385 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6386 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6387 return false;
6388 Enc += "a(";
6389 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6390 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6391 else
6392 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6393 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006394 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6395 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006396 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6397 return false;
6398 Enc += ')';
6399 return true;
6400}
6401
6402/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6403/// and the arguments.
6404static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6405 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6406 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6407 Enc += "f{";
6408 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6409 return false;
6410 Enc += "}(";
6411 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6412 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6413 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6414 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6415 if (I != E) {
6416 do {
6417 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6418 return false;
6419 ++I;
6420 if (I != E)
6421 Enc += ',';
6422 } while (I != E);
6423 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6424 Enc += ",va";
6425 } else {
6426 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6427 Enc += "va";
6428 else
6429 Enc += '0';
6430 }
6431 }
6432 Enc += ')';
6433 return true;
6434}
6435
6436/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6437/// type encodings.
6438static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6439 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6440 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6441
6442 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6443
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006444 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6445 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6446 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6447 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6448
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006449 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6450
6451 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6452 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6453
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006454 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6455 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6456
6457 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6458 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6459
6460 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6461 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6462
6463 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6464 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6465
6466 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6467 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6468
6469 return false;
6470}
6471
6472static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6473 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6474 if (!D)
6475 return false;
6476
6477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6478 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6479 return false;
6480 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6481 }
6482
6483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6484 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6485 return false;
6486 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6487 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6488 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006489 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6490 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6491 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006492 }
6493 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6494 }
6495 return false;
6496}
6497
6498
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006499//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6500// Driver code
6501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6502
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006503const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006504 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6505 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006506
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006507 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006508 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006509 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006510 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006511
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006512 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6513 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006514 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6515 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006516 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6517
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006518 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6519 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006520 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6521
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006522 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
6523 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
James Molloy7f4ba532014-04-23 10:26:08 +00006524 case llvm::Triple::arm64:
6525 case llvm::Triple::arm64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006526 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006527 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006528 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006529
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006530 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006531 }
6532
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006533 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006534 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006535 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006536 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006537 {
6538 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006539 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006540 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006541 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006542 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6543 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006544 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6545
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006546 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006547 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006548 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6549 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6550 default:
6551 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6552 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6553 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006554 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006555
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006556 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006557 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006558 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006559 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF())
6560 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6561 else
6562 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006563 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
6564 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
6565 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006566
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006567 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6568 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006569 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006570
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006571 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006572 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006573
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006574 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6575 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6576
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006577 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6578 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6579
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006580 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006581 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6582 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6583 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006584 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006585
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006586 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006587 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006588 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006589 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6590 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006591 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006592 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006593 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006594 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6595 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6596 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006597 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006598 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006599 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006600
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006601 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006602 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006603
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006604 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6605 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006606 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006607 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006608 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6609 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006610 default:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006611 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6612 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006613 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006614 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006615 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
6616 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006617 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
6618 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006619 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006620 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006621 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006622}